<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://tekpercussion.com//api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Hondogracias</id>
	<title>TekPercussion - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://tekpercussion.com//api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Hondogracias"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Hondogracias"/>
	<updated>2026-06-11T00:36:24Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.39.17</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Latin_Percussion_in_Perspective&amp;diff=44346</id>
		<title>Latin Percussion in Perspective</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Latin_Percussion_in_Perspective&amp;diff=44346"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T18:01:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Dom Moio]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1997&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  c. 1st Edition&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Mel Bay]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $5.98  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: The contents of the attached CD are listed on the first page, suggesting this book is meant to be played along with the CD. A dedication follows, as well as the table of contents, listing different types of Latin styles and grooves, followed by interpretive Latin phrases and chart examples. Notation for conga drums and timbales precedes the first section of Latin styles. On the last page, acknowledgements are found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Contents: With most of the information seeming to be found on the CD, it is hard to say how crucial the disc is to the use of this book but going off how the book appears throughout its chapters, I would say that the CD makes up for at least half of what the book provides. Each style listed on the CD is within a minute long, but there is an introduction included, as well as varying instrumentation of each style and additional ending grooves and special thanks not found in the book. The contents of the book are interesting as each page contains another blank page with staff lines, suggesting the reader must write in their own rhythms or patterns, but it is not known if that is the case since there are no instructions or descriptions in the book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: I would say this book could either be used to play along with to familiarize yourself with the various styles and patterns or as a reference to see what each style looks like or how it sounds. High school players may not use as much information from this book as college-level players as it is less likely that a high school would have a Latin ensemble set-up for their music than a college ensemble. In the event a high school section is required to play a rhythm out of this book and requires varying instrumentation, this book would be useful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: Due to its apparent dependence on the CD, it is hard to find much unique value in this book without the CD or at least without listening through it. It is also unknown what purpose the blank pages have or what the intention is with this book, as the author does not provide much “perspective” on this book which is supposed to go over exactly that. 2/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Moio, Dom Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Drumset Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Complementary_Percussion:_A_Workbook_for_Developing_Tambourine,_Triangle,_Cymbals_and_Bass_Drum_Performance&amp;diff=44345</id>
		<title>Complementary Percussion: A Workbook for Developing Tambourine, Triangle, Cymbals and Bass Drum Performance</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Complementary_Percussion:_A_Workbook_for_Developing_Tambourine,_Triangle,_Cymbals_and_Bass_Drum_Performance&amp;diff=44345"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T18:00:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Keith Aleo]]&lt;br /&gt;
==General Info==&lt;br /&gt;
Year of Published: 2011&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Publisher: [[Bachovich Music Productions]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Difficulty: Intermediate to Advanced&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cost: $25.00&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Instrumentation==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Tambourine]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Triangle]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cymbals]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bass Drum]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Descriptions==&lt;br /&gt;
Dismissing the word &amp;quot;accessory&amp;quot;, [[Keith Aleo]]&#039;s Complementary Percussion is a method book focusing on the instruments that concert percussionists tend to ignore: [[tambourine]], [[triangle]], [[cymbals]] and [[bass drum]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Keith Aleo]] has written a series of exercises, etudes, and duets for these instruments to help students understand and overcome the technical problems inherent in each. Everything is musical and &#039;learning-friendly&#039; from a percussionist&#039;s point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reviews==&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: A few quotes from other musicians and a brief dedication precede the table of contents which lists a foreword, preface, acknowledgements, introduction, and an interpretation, followed by sections covering tambourine, triangle, cymbals, bass drum, and duets involving all previous instruments. Each instrument section is organized with exercises at the beginning, then followed by a number of etudes. The end of the duet section is followed by a biography about the author and a list of other publications by the publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: The foreword contains praise from Christopher Lamb while the preface states the essential purpose of the book. The acknowledgement section contains memories of the author and the introduction stating how the idea of the book came to fruition. The interpretation section gives the reader guidance on how to proceed through the book and what to think about while playing. Each exercise is meant to be replayed at varying tempos and dynamic levels. Each etude is a solo piece for each instrument, with no other accompaniment and contains no descriptions or advice for executing each etude. The duet section is formatted the same way, with no descriptions, just labels for which line belongs to which instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: For a college student wanting to develop their performance on the tambourine, triangle, cymbals, and bass drum, this book would be a great choice. It prepares the reader for orchestral pieces by developing their fundamentals on each instrument, first with exercises to work on technique and then etudes to develop musicality. I would not use this book with a high school student, simply because they will not require this level of development with these instruments with the music they will be playing in their other classes. A professional percussionist wanting something to play out of that is meant specifically for a certain instrument would do well to pick up this book as it accomplishes exactly that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: While there is not much description given for any etude, these etudes are not meant to be played on stage in a concert setting; in a way, their purpose is the same as the exercises: to develop the musician’s technique. It is hard to come across music that is written only for an accessory instrument, so this book fills a hole that is left between introductory studies and orchestral works. It would have been nice to have some mention of how each etude relates to orchestral works or which aspect of technique it is working on, but as it is, it fulfills its purpose. 4/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Books for Percussion by this Composer==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Aleo, Keith Books}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reference==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Groove_Essentials&amp;diff=44344</id>
		<title>Groove Essentials</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Groove_Essentials&amp;diff=44344"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:59:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Tommy Igoe]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 2005 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st edition&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Hudson]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $0.00  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
How this Book Works &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What if you don&#039;t Read Music &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What about Fills and Solos? &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
About the Charts &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
About the Songs &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: ROCK Grooves &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: FUNK Grooves&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: R&amp;amp;B and HIP-HOP Grooves&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: JAZZ Grooves&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: WORLD and SPECIALTY Grooves&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: GLOBAL TOURS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Extra Tracks &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
About the Disc &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After the Music Fades... &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;d like to Thank the Academy...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Groove Essentials for the 21st-Century Drummer is full of grooves from many different musical backgrounds.  Each groove has a slow, and a fast chart along with a CD track to accompany them.  The grooves feature 4 things, the actual groove, variations on the groove, a written-out chart to play along with on the CD, and an explanation by Tommy Igoe on each specific groove, including aspects you shouldn’t take lightly, and challenges that each groove presents.  While this book doubles almost as a dictionary, any drummer that is wanting to create a genuine groove for some of the more ethnic/authentic music, they probably shouldn’t use a copy &amp;amp; paste groove from this book, however, they will hold up on their own.  The Global Tours include long charts to play along with, some of them are even 20 minutes.  This is a very good book every drummer should have. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trevor Landreth]]; Emporia State University&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: The table of contents precedes the introduction which introduces the chapters of the book, dealing with rock grooves, funk grooves, R&amp;amp;B / Hip hop grooves, jazz grooves, world and specialty grooves, and ‘global tours’ which are a fusion of all previously mentioned grooves. The last few pages are about the author and his reasoning for writing the book as well as information about the tracks included in the CD which comes with the book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: Each groove is listed with its variations and form, showing how the groove would fit into an ensemble. Tips and other information are also included below each groove, ranging from simple advice on playing the groove to the history of the groove. This format is uniform all throughout the book, with little to no information presented on drum set fundamentals, information on the equipment, or the genres themselves. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: This book claims it can be used by “all levels of drummers” which I find debatable in many ways, but it is true that this book is definitely usable by a wide range of percussionists. If the aforementioned CD or other online tracks are used in conjunction with the reader’s playing, some grooves from this book are playable by beginners although there is no insight as to how a beginner would start playing on the drum set or how they would approach warming up or properly striking the cymbals and drums on the set. Advanced players can use the grooves as ideas or fun warmups to figure out new ways to shape their own playing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: Without hearing how the tracks line up with the written grooves or how the other instruments contribute to the playability of each groove, it is hard to say how effective or difficult these grooves can be. From what I can read, the grooves seem easy to understand and presumably playable by different skill levels. Being listed as a “groove encyclopedia”, this book certainly lists plenty of grooves to play albeit with nothing including technique or other information about playing on a drum set. 4/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Igoe, Tommy Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Drumset Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Alfred%E2%80%99s_Beginning_Drumset_Method&amp;diff=44343</id>
		<title>Alfred’s Beginning Drumset Method</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Alfred%E2%80%99s_Beginning_Drumset_Method&amp;diff=44343"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:59:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Sandy Feldstein]]; [[Dave Black]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1990 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Alfred Publishing Co.]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $17.99  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: A foreword along with pictures and information about the authors precedes the table of contents which is organized into these major sections: Arranging Your Drumset, The Drumset, Getting Ready to Play, Elements of Music, Playing Rock, Playing Jazz, and Appendix. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Contents: The first section grazes over what sizes of heads and cymbals to use on a drumset, along with some minor tips on playing position, with the second section only containing two diagrams of a four-piece and five-piece drumset, with only some parts listed, and explanation of notation squeezed in at the bottom. The third section covers matched and traditional grip, and how to properly strike each drum with photographs included. The fourth section covers notation in general, such as note values, bar lines, time signatures, and tempo. The fifth and sixth sections cover rock and jazz beats, embellishments, fills, and drum charts, respectively. The last section only has two pages of tuning drums, drumhead selection, muffling, and maintenance of the drums. A practice record for the student is on the back page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: The foreword mentions the use of another book, Alfred’s Drum Method, Book 1 and a cassette tape which contains recordings of beats and fills available in the book for the student to play along with. With this in mind, I would say that a middle school student, with the possibility of a high school student, is the best audience for this book. An instructor will hopefully know much more information about drumset than this book provides, so this information will only benefit students which have a very basic understanding of drumset. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: While the written music may be valuable, most other information is much too short or not descriptive enough to warrant being mentioned. All the technical aspects of this book aim to do is allow a student to make a noise on the drumset, not necessarily a good one. Granted, many drumset books are like that and this book claims it should be used in conjunction with another method book, so that aspect is not as important as the beats and fills in the book. As far as playing material goes, this book will give a student something to play and become comfortable around the drumset. 3/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Feldstein, Sandy Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Black, Dave Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Alfred%E2%80%99s_Beginning_Drumset_Method&amp;diff=44342</id>
		<title>Alfred’s Beginning Drumset Method</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Alfred%E2%80%99s_Beginning_Drumset_Method&amp;diff=44342"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:58:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Sandy Feldstein]]; [[Dave Black]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1990 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Alfred Publishing Co.]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $17.99  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Feldstein, Sandy Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Black, Dave Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Alfred%E2%80%99s_Beginning_Drumset_Method&amp;diff=44341</id>
		<title>Alfred’s Beginning Drumset Method</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Alfred%E2%80%99s_Beginning_Drumset_Method&amp;diff=44341"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:56:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: Created page with &amp;quot;{{subst:booksTF}}&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[First Last]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 20 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  c. &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[James Wood Edition]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $0.00  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Last, First Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Template:Feldstein,_Sandy_Books&amp;diff=44340</id>
		<title>Template:Feldstein, Sandy Books</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Template:Feldstein,_Sandy_Books&amp;diff=44340"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:56:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Vic Firth Percussion Series===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Vic Firth/Sandy Feldstein Percussion Series - Accessory Percussion]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Vic Firth/Sandy Feldstein Percussion Series - Keyboard Percussion]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Vic Firth/Sandy Feldstein Percussion Series - Snare Drum]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Vic Firth/Sandy Feldstein Percussion Series - Timpani]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Belwin Student Instrumental Course===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Drum Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 1)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Drum Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 2)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Drum Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 3)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Timpani Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 1)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Timpani Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 2)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Timpani Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 3)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mallet Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 1)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mallet Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 2)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mallet Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 3)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Studies and Etudes for Timpani]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Timpani Soloist]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mallet Soloist]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Drum Soloist]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yamaha Band Student===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Percussion---Snare Drum, Bass Drum, Accessories Book(Yamaha Band Student, Book 1)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Percussion---Snare Drum, Bass Drum, Accessories Book(Yamaha Band Student, Book 2)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Keyboard Percussion (Yamaha Band Student, Book 1)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Keyboard Percussion (Yamaha Band Student, Book 2)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Learn to Play Series===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn to Play Keyboard Percussion!]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn to Play the Snare and Bass Drum!]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Alfred’s Beginning Drumset Method]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Template:Feldstein,_Sandy_Books&amp;diff=44339</id>
		<title>Template:Feldstein, Sandy Books</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Template:Feldstein,_Sandy_Books&amp;diff=44339"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:56:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Vic Firth Percussion Series===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Vic Firth/Sandy Feldstein Percussion Series - Accessory Percussion]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Vic Firth/Sandy Feldstein Percussion Series - Keyboard Percussion]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Vic Firth/Sandy Feldstein Percussion Series - Snare Drum]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Vic Firth/Sandy Feldstein Percussion Series - Timpani]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Belwin Student Instrumental Course===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Drum Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 1)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Drum Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 2)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Drum Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 3)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Timpani Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 1)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Timpani Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 2)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Timpani Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 3)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mallet Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 1)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mallet Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 2)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mallet Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 3)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Studies and Etudes for Timpani]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Timpani Soloist]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mallet Soloist]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Drum Soloist]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yamaha Band Student===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Percussion---Snare Drum, Bass Drum, Accessories Book(Yamaha Band Student, Book 1)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Percussion---Snare Drum, Bass Drum, Accessories Book(Yamaha Band Student, Book 2)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Keyboard Percussion (Yamaha Band Student, Book 1)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Keyboard Percussion (Yamaha Band Student, Book 2)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Learn to Play Series===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn to Play Keyboard Percussion!]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn to Play the Snare and Bass Drum!]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Alfred’s Beginning Drumset Method]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Template:Feldstein,_Sandy_Books&amp;diff=44338</id>
		<title>Template:Feldstein, Sandy Books</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Template:Feldstein,_Sandy_Books&amp;diff=44338"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:55:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Vic Firth Percussion Series===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Vic Firth/Sandy Feldstein Percussion Series - Accessory Percussion]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Vic Firth/Sandy Feldstein Percussion Series - Keyboard Percussion]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Vic Firth/Sandy Feldstein Percussion Series - Snare Drum]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Vic Firth/Sandy Feldstein Percussion Series - Timpani]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Belwin Student Instrumental Course===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Drum Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 1)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Drum Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 2)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Drum Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 3)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Timpani Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 1)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Timpani Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 2)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Timpani Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 3)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mallet Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 1)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mallet Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 2)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mallet Student (Student Instrumental Course, Level 3)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Studies and Etudes for Timpani]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Timpani Soloist]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mallet Soloist]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Drum Soloist]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yamaha Band Student===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Percussion---Snare Drum, Bass Drum, Accessories Book(Yamaha Band Student, Book 1)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Percussion---Snare Drum, Bass Drum, Accessories Book(Yamaha Band Student, Book 2)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Keyboard Percussion (Yamaha Band Student, Book 1)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Keyboard Percussion (Yamaha Band Student, Book 2)]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Learn to Play Series===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn to Play Keyboard Percussion!]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn to Play the Snare and Bass Drum!]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feldstein, Sandy; Black, Dave. [[Alfred’s Beginning Drumset Method]]. Alfred Publishing Co., Inc., 1990.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Primary_Handbook_for_Mallets&amp;diff=44337</id>
		<title>Primary Handbook for Mallets</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Primary_Handbook_for_Mallets&amp;diff=44337"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:52:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:changethistothecomposername.jpg|right|thumb|250px|Composer Name]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Garwood Whaley]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
===First Edition===&lt;br /&gt;
Year: 2000  &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Difficulty: Elementary&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pages: 48&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Publisher: [[Meredith Music]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ISBN: 978-1-5746-3006-0&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cost: $13.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Second Edition===&lt;br /&gt;
Year: 2002  &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Difficulty: Elementary&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Pages: 48&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Publisher: [[Meredith Music]], [[Hal Leonard]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ISBN: 978-0-6340-3924-9&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cost: $22.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Instrumentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mallet Percussion]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Content==&lt;br /&gt;
Technical Exercise &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Reading Studies &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4-Mallet Studies &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Memorization Songs &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Duet 1 - 6 &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keys Involved==&lt;br /&gt;
Major: C, F, G, Bb, D, Eb, A, Ab , E, Db, B&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Minor: A, D, E, G, B&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reviews==&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: There is no table of contents, but the bulk of the book is preceded by a foreword, a small dedication, an introduction including a description of the contents of the book, performance fundamentals, a short glossary for tempo and expressions, and clefs, and finally hand position instructions for two mallet and four mallet playing, exclusively with Musser grip. The rest of the book is ordered by keys, with each key having an exercise in Rudiments, Reading, 4 Mallet Studies, Rote Tunes, and Creativity Assignments which introduce compositional elements to the student. The keys are ordered by number of flats and sharps, respectively, for example going from C major to F major then G major and so forth. The major keys go up to B major and Gb major before switching to minor keys, starting at A minor to D minor then E minor and so forth until reaching C minor. Six duets are at the end of the book to introduce ensemble performance as well as a page for Teacher’s Notes for the very last page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: The performance fundamentals section of the introduction mentions Sticking, Rolls, Posture and Position, and Playing Area, stating that doubling should be avoided when possible, how rolls are notated and should generally sound, the reader should be relaxed and have parallel arms to the ground while playing, and bars on the marimba should be struck on the ends of the accidentals and the center of the naturals. The clef section only lists pitches on treble clef, and the hand position section contains illustrations of two mallet and four mallet grips. The main sections have an illustration of marimba keys with marked bars depending on which key is being presented. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: The introduction of the book states that the book is intended for beginning mallet players, and that is accurately reflected in the writing. The way the author organized each key to be developed allows the student to work on different important aspects of their playing, including composition which was surprising to find. This book could be used with beginners at the pre-high school level, although Musser grip may be too advanced for much younger players who can not support each mallet independently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: For a beginner learning mallets, I would say this book is a good place to start as these exercises are simple enough for a higher level elementary student to understand although the more advanced keys and duets will require an instructor. This book may not be very useful for a high school student since not all keys are included and not very many etudes are present but could be useful for key studies. 4/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Books for Percussion by this Composer==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Whaley, Garwood Books}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Composer ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Whaley, Garwood Works}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;embedvideo service=&amp;quot;youtube&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gLBnMFwC_-0 &amp;lt;/embedvideo&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Mallet Percussion Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Combined Percussion Examination Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tuned Percussion Examination Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:London College of Music Examination Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Marimba Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Xylophone Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vibraphone Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Glockenspiel Method Books]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Method_Of_Movement_for_Marimba:_with_590_exercises&amp;diff=44336</id>
		<title>Method Of Movement for Marimba: with 590 exercises</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Method_Of_Movement_for_Marimba:_with_590_exercises&amp;diff=44336"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:51:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Leigh Howard Stevens]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1990&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  2nd Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[KPP]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===25th Anniversary Edition===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 2005&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Charles Dumont &amp;amp; Sons]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: $71.02&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ISBN&#039;&#039;&#039;:‎ 978-0-9821-1260-1&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pages&#039;&#039;&#039;: 108&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
The literature was considered by a single person to be practically and musically inefficient until the new four-mallet system was developed by Mr. Stevens. The four-mallet method has been acquired by several players and composers. The book was converted into six different translations. Much of the existing marimba playing method, the style has fundamentally improved with the technique of Leigh Howard Stevens’. The book offers a guide around natural motion which can help with the production of sound, Stevens grip, and what material is used to make it, and afterward, harness this method while playing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: The table of contents is preceded by a brief dedication and follows with a preface, with the rest of the book being divided into two parts: Part 1 – The Method of Movement and Part 2 – Exercises. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: Part 1 consists of the author’s philosophy behind the methodology in this book, sticking, grips, stroke height, efficiency with strokes, shifts, and interval changes, tone, independence, and other strokes. Part 2 provides exercises for single independent and alternating strokes as well as double vertical and lateral strokes and mixed strokes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: An instructor could use this book as a resource for themselves, but may only be able to apply its readings to college level students and higher, as the reading is not written in a way that would be very understandable for younger students and may not be as practical with the music they usually encounter. A professional could be the desired audience for this book as the author states that the book does not answer questions about other aspects of marimba playing that have gone unanswered in the past, and only a professional may know what these questions are and thus are the only ones pursuing this information with an exception being college students wanting to refine their marimba playing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: This book provides a deep, detailed understanding of the method described by the author, and a percussionist looking to adopt this methodology in their playing would do well to use this book to achieve that. While some aspects of the book are hard to read in terms of the writing, the exercises provided are designed to be played once or twice a year each so the author expects the reader to implement the teaching of this book in the long term. I am unable to say if the teaching of this book can be effectively used by all players with all types of mallets or styles of playing, but the book does introduce an interesting way of thinking about the movements between notes while playing instead of the notes themselves. 5/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Stevens, Leigh Howard Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Marimba Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=A_Fresh_Approach_to_Technique_and_Musicianship_with_Four_Mallets&amp;diff=44335</id>
		<title>A Fresh Approach to Technique and Musicianship with Four Mallets</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=A_Fresh_Approach_to_Technique_and_Musicianship_with_Four_Mallets&amp;diff=44335"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:51:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[David Skidmore]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 2018 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Mark Wessels Publications]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $26.99  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: The table of contents is found on the first page, listing an introduction, grips, stroke types, and twenty-four lessons, each accompanied by an etude utilizing the exercises and fundamentals which were covered in that same lesson. Each lesson has tips written in the margins of the playing examples, with certain things to focus on, a suggested practice routine, and other reminders being found in nearly every lesson along with other tips. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: The author provides a URL to online lessons and playing examples, which show the author talking about the lesson itself and then a performance of it at the end of the video. Surprisingly, no video is cut short to recommend going to another website for full access, instead the contents of the whole book are seemingly provided on YouTube for free which nearly eliminates the need for the book, apart from having music to read! The introduction offers advice such as staying relaxed, mallet heights, phrasing, and using a metronome in practice. The mallet grips include three pictures of each grip, showing three different angles of the grip along with steps to achieve each grip and the characteristics of each grip. The stroke types are merely a bullet point list explaining what each stroke is and what is achieved by it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: With how accessible the videos are and the fundamentals which are covered in the book, along with the level of difficulty of the playing examples, I would say this book could be used for students ranging from middle school to high school, with beginner college students having uses for the etudes as repertoire. The author states the etudes should not take more than 2-3 weeks, so covering all 24 etudes would be impossible to do within a school year, let alone a semester so the instructor would have to determine the pace and skill level of the student to choose which lessons and etudes the students will learn from this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: At the given price point along with the provided videos, I can easily see this book being used in a classroom setting, either by the students themselves or with handouts given by the instructor for the students to practice. The information presented in the book should not be new to an instructor, so this book would be suited more for students’ use. It may have to be replaced eventually with more difficult repertoire, but it is a great stepping stone for students to develop their skills with four mallets. 5/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Skidmore, David Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Marimba Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Art_of_Vibraphone_Playing.&amp;diff=44334</id>
		<title>The Art of Vibraphone Playing.</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Art_of_Vibraphone_Playing.&amp;diff=44334"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:50:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Paul Buyer]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Josh Gottry]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 2017 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Meredith Music Publications]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $13.45  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: The table of contents is first in the book, organized in sections in this order: Constructions and Characteristics, Two-Mallet Fundamentals, Pedaling and Dampening, Two-Mallet Studies and Solos, Four-Mallet Fundamentals, Four-Mallet Solos, and About the Authors. Preceding the first section are acknowledgements, a paragraph explaining the purpose of the book, a brief history of the vibraphone, and sources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: Constructions and Characteristics covers vibraphone bars, resonators, paddles, the motor, damper bar and pedal, and mallets. Two-Mallet Fundamentals goes over grips, hand and body position, mallet angle, beating spots, legato and other strokes, two-mallet exercises, and sticking. Pedaling and Dampening explains pedaling notation and both pedaling and dampening techniques. Two-Mallet Studies and Solos are preceded by a page explaining each piece with a suggestion for which type of mallets to use for each piece; Four-Mallet Solos reflects this format. Four-Mallet Fundamentals goes into detail about mallet numbering systems, stroke types, beating spots, body position, interval changes, Burton, Traditional, and Musser/Stevens grips, permutations, and shifting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: This book is designed for students learning vibraphone in a non-jazz setting, mainly for concert bands or percussion ensembles. The authors state that the book is suited for typical undergraduates or high school students who are serious about learning vibraphone, and I would be inclined to agree with them to a certain extent. This book explains concepts so well that I feel younger high school students or even middle school students would benefit and understand the concepts covered in this book, although some sections and solos may be left out due to their skill levels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: While it would have been nice to see a maintenance or repair section for the vibraphone, this book achieves what it claims: vibraphone playing. The price of the book is great for the information present and could allow for students to purchase a copy themselves in an instructor’s class. The inclusion of solos and short exercises to explain notation and techniques are a nice addition to the book and provides some playing repertoire though an etude book may have better material for playing. 5/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Buyer, Paul Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Gottry, Josh Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vibraphone Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Working_Timpanist%E2%80%99s_Survival_Guide.&amp;diff=44333</id>
		<title>The Working Timpanist’s Survival Guide.</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Working_Timpanist%E2%80%99s_Survival_Guide.&amp;diff=44333"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:50:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[John Tafoya]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 2004 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Carl Fischer, LLC.]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $29.99  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: The table of contents starts off the book, beginning with an introduction and acknowledgements, followed by a timpani mallet chart and descriptions of mallets. A bulk of the book contains popular orchestral excerpts and tips for executing them; this is followed by recommended timpani manufacturers, recommended recordings, and the most popular orchestral excerpts requested at auditions, as well as advice about auditions themselves. A biography about the author is presented at the end of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: The timpani mallet selection section shows a list of manufacturers and the type of mallets they sell by their listed name, as well as photos of what the different types look like. For each excerpt, the author specifies which section or movement he is covering as well as what type of mallets he recommends using. A photo of the excerpt itself is provided along with his advice for executing it. The section covering timpani manufacturers also contains photos of the timpani themselves, so the reader can recognize timpani they may find during their auditions elsewhere. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: Based on what concepts the author covers, I would say this book may only be useful for college students and professionals, with some exceptions being made for larger high schools or higher-level high school students interested in auditions for competitions. This would be more of a bookshelf book as the author recommends repeatedly to find the score for the entire piece, if possible other instruments as well, so this book would not be good source for playing examples. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: Although its purpose is fairly specific and there is not much available in terms of playing opportunities, what this book does cover is very useful especially for performing percussionists or those interested in an orchestral position. 5/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tafoya, John Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Timpani Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Artist_Timpanist.&amp;diff=44332</id>
		<title>The Artist Timpanist.</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Artist_Timpanist.&amp;diff=44332"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:49:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Duncan Patton]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 2018 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Bachovich Music Publications]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $30.00  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: An introduction, acknowledgements, and a dedication precede the table of contents, which is divided into three parts: Part I - Technical Study, Part II - Etudes, and Part III - Additional Information. Part I covers several fundamentals and some exercises to work on these fundamentals, Part II contains etudes which focus on tuning, classical and dance works, and contemporary “comprehensive” etudes, and Part III gives insight to mallet selection and timpani maintenance as well as information about the author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: Much of Part I is advice the author is giving to the reader, such as issues they may run into and how to resolve them, with some examples being provided. I especially liked the “Matrix of Stroke Types” section as it provides a visual grid of how stroke types can be utilized to achieve certain ‘tone colors’ while playing and consist mainly of changing grips to allow the stick to move in different ways. Part II allows the reader to experiment with and develop their musicality in different ‘genres’ of orchestral music. Part III does not provide any brands or specific recommendations for mallets or drums but does suggest what types to have and how to replace synthetic timpani heads as well as calfskin heads. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: This book would be a good resource for non-percussion educators and for use by college level students as some etudes presented later in this book may be too advanced for high school playing or even beginner college players. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: Even though the author assumes the reader who decides to use this book has background knowledge and fundamentals on timpani, there is a decent coverage on fundamentals and basics on timpani in this book with Part I spanning nearly half of the book. The etude section provided are emphasized in a unique way that focuses on the musicality of the pieces and encourages readers to experiment with their technique in order to achieve desired sounds. I would like to study out of this book myself to see what fundamentals are not covered in Part I as well as how effective the etudes in Part II can be. 5/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Patton, Duncan Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Timpani Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Studies_in_Copper&amp;diff=44331</id>
		<title>Studies in Copper</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Studies_in_Copper&amp;diff=44331"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:49:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Alex Orfaly]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 2008 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[C. Alan Publications]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $19.35  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: A preface listing the five main points of focus in this book and a description of the author begin the book with no table of contents or index present. The rest of the book contains numbered etudes with a description present under each title. After the last etude, Etude #15, a roll study finishes off the book. The back cover restates the five points of focus in the book and some “praise” for the book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: The five points in this book are sound quality, articulation, rolls, intonation, and rhythm and time. Sound quality is described as being achieved by the use of proper beating spots on the timpani and a relaxed technique to create an open sound. Articulation is expressed by evenness between hands while playing, not by using a harder mallet. Rolls are described as emphasizing “the ringing nature of the timpani…not the percussive qualities” which is a great way to express what percussionists strive to achieve when playing rolls on timpani. Intonation simply advises the player to maintain proper intervals between drums, especially if a pitch changes while playing. Rhythm and time covers mental subdivision while playing and keeping time while tuning, with some leeway given for players if they need more time to tune in these etudes although they will need to correct this later in the book. Each description preceding each etude states what purpose the etude serves and origins or inspirations for the studies. Etude #15 states that the reader should play through all previous etudes once reaching the end of the book and try to minimize or eliminate all tuning rests to provide a more realistic solo performance setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: Many studies in this book are fairly challenging, so I feel they would be best studied by high school and college students, either in individual practice or with an instructor, as the etudes may be too difficult for younger students and too simple for professionals to build any of their skills effectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: The etudes present in this book are challenging enough to develop one’s skills with the included rudiments, but I feel there could have been more focus on other techniques such as muffling or actual orchestral excerpts instead of ones inspired by popular orchestral pieces although it is fun to see an original etude instead of an excerpt which could be found in another book. If this book covered fundamentals, it would be a keeper but as simply an etude book for timpani, it does its job well. 4/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Orfaly, Alex Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Timpani Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Timpanist:_Etudes_Bk_I.&amp;diff=44330</id>
		<title>The Timpanist: Etudes Bk I.</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Timpanist:_Etudes_Bk_I.&amp;diff=44330"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:48:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Steve Kastuck]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1979 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Ludwig Music Publishing Co.]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $7.15  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: The book begins with a foreword of sorts and acknowledgements, followed immediately by etudes which extend to the end of the book with no words in between. A biography about the author is listed on the last page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: The etudes in this book could be seen as interpretive as there are no metronome markings, no written stickings, no written pitches or tuning changes, and the lack of written dynamics on some etudes. It seems the author left plenty of room for the reader to write in their own interpretations on the etudes, as most of what is provided is the notes themselves. The book becomes even more interpretive towards the end of the book, with a Kandinsky-esque etude and another grid-like formatted etude. On some of these later etudes, a student would definitely require the guidance of an instructor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: With the price point of this book, I would hand this out to students for them to work through and mark up however they like, perhaps at the high school level to give them some repertoire. A college level student could also use this book, although they may not require as much guidance as a younger student. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: It is hard to figure out which fundamentals these etudes cover or what the author’s intent was when creating them, so having any written descriptions on any of the etudes would have been a big help. At the price it is, it is hard to pass up on this book solely based on the lack of descriptions or methodology; it would make for a good source of playing repertoire. 2/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Kastuck, Steve Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Timpani Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Pedal_to_the_Kettle&amp;diff=44329</id>
		<title>Pedal to the Kettle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Pedal_to_the_Kettle&amp;diff=44329"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:48:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Kirk J. Gay]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 2009 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Tapspace]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Difficulty&#039;&#039;&#039;: Elementary to Advanced&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $22.50  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method book offers supplemental material that provide engaging etudes that cover different technical and musical ideas to prepare the percussionist for the challenges that lie ahead in the professional realm. This collection of etudes was written for the intermediate percussionist with a background in timpani and a strong idea of fundamental percussive playing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Etudes==&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 1 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 2 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 3 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 4 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 5 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 6 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 7 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 8 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 9 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 10 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 11 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 12 [[Gliss-a-rondo]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 13 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 14 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 15 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 16 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 17 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 18 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 19  [[Tympanic Metamorphoses]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 20 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 21 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 22 [[Grace (notes) Under Pressure]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 23 [[Beatin&#039; &amp;amp; Bangin&#039;]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 24 [[Bartók-o-rama]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 25 [[Extend Yourself]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 26 [[Rolling Down the Highway]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 27 [[Double Stop Trouble]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 28 [[A Flat Etude]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 29 [[High Performance Muffler]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 30 [[Déjà Vu All Over Again]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 31 [[Rock of the 80&#039;s]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Etude 32&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Solos==&lt;br /&gt;
[[The Black Hammock]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[The Back Forty]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Fanfare for Some New Drums]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bolt!]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[Los Cinco de Clubs]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[The Attack of the Freezing Fog]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;   This book is provides technical playing etudes in a creative and understandable way. Simple enough to be able to teach a beginner out of, while also remaining interesting to an intermediate player.&amp;quot; - Denver Ridgway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: The Table of Contents starts the book and spans one page, followed by an introduction. The rest of the book is divided into three sections: Two-Drum Etudes, Four-Drum Etudes, and Solos for Timpani. Each etude has a brief description, with the etudes towards the end of the book having more extensive descriptions and special titles. The last page, along with a paragraph on the back cover, contains a biography about the author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: The Introduction is very important, as it states that the book was not intended to be used without other books being utilized as it is not a method book and lists several recommended method books to use in conjunction with this book. The rest of the introduction lists notes about what to think about when practicing out of this book, practicing tips, and acknowledgments. The description of each etude lists the focus of the etude and elaborates on some parts which may need emphasis or explanation. Starting in the Four-Drum Etudes section, the descriptions become lengthier as they require more musicality. The solos reflect this the most, with an exception being “Fanfare for Some New Drums.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: Taking into account that this is an etude book and is intended to be used in conjunction with other books, I would say this book would be given to a high school or college student for their own use, with an instructor assisting them with any issues or questions about the etudes. If a middle school has timpani available, a well-skilled student of their age may be able to build their skills with this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: Having played some etudes out of this book myself, I can say that they are not necessarily challenging but provide the player with an opportunity to express themselves musically and have fun with some of the themes that are present in these etudes and solos. While I feel no new ground is being broken with any of these pieces, they are a good resource for students to maintain their technique and build their musicality. 4/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Books for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Gay, Kirk J. Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Composer==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Gay, Kirk J. Works}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Timpani Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Well_Tempered_Timpanist&amp;diff=44328</id>
		<title>The Well Tempered Timpanist</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Well_Tempered_Timpanist&amp;diff=44328"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:47:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Charles Dowd]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1985, 1996 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Warner Bros. Publications]]; [[Alfred]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ISBN&#039;&#039;&#039;: 978-0-7692-3484-7&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $16.65  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The modern timpanist faces a new world of music that is more and more requiring an increasingly high level of technical proficiency. Appropriately titled, The Well-Tempered Timpanist is a wonderful collection of extensive writing of sticking permutations and drum combinations that the performing percussionist is bound to come across. Charles Dowd writes 770 studies for improving the reading and execution of crucial techniques like muting, staccato and legato playing, phrasing, and tuning. He intentionally left out hundreds of combinations, so even if someone finds their self working through all of the patterns they can always find another way to improve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;This excellent book is great for timpani teachers and students wishing to perfect upon there professional playing of the timpani. This is not a standard method book, basic playing techniques are note provided, knowledge of the instrument and how it is played is required before the use of this book. This book is written with a profound love of the instrument, music and teaching, and would serve any percussionist well in mastering the fundamentals.&amp;quot; - Denver Ridgway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: A picture and description of the author as well as an introduction, foreword, and dedication precede the table of contents, mainly organized by sticking exercises, muffling exercises, rolls, staccato studies, tuning studies, and “cross rhythms” or polyrhythms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: Each section starts with a short description of instructions from the author, with several smaller titles above the following studies, which can range from a single measure to several. The sticking exercises start off with two drums and extend to six, with the muffling exercises following the same pattern. The roll section encourages playing the studies at varying levels of tightness on the 28/29” drum instead of certain pitches which demands varying roll techniques from the player. The staccato section mimics this ‘tightness system’, with studies including written legato strokes beside staccato strokes. The tuning section includes interval training and a “tuning medley” which provides a musical environment in which the reader would normally encounter these types of passages. The “cross rhythms” section lists two different notations: how the cross rhythm should be counted and how it is written or should be played which I feel helps show the reader how to interpret the cross rhythm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: Similar to what is stated in the introduction, I would say this book is suited for professional players or advanced college level students since it provides many different examples of warm-ups or exercises in which the player can invent their own exercises and studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: With the inclusion of the “cross rhythms” section, I feel this book is good for professionals who are looking for something to warm-up their pre-existing fundamentals and prepare for orchestral solos as no section goes into great detail about any technique. If an experienced player is looking for a book that gives them great ideas about inventing their own exercises or to adjust written exercises around their style of current repertoire, I could see this book being useful. 4/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Dowd, Charles Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Timpani Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Exercises,_Etudes_and_Solos_for_Timpani&amp;diff=44327</id>
		<title>Exercises, Etudes and Solos for Timpani</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Exercises,_Etudes_and_Solos_for_Timpani&amp;diff=44327"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:47:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Raynor Carroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1996 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Duration&#039;&#039;&#039;:  &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Difficulty&#039;&#039;&#039;:  (see [[Ratings]] for explanation)&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Batterie Music]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: $17.05&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Contains more than 500 exercises, 100 etudes and 17 solos for two, three and four drums.&lt;br /&gt;
* Chapters include: Tuning, The Legato Stroke, The Staccato Stroke, Sticking Patterns, Rolls, Muffling, Pedaling, Three Drums, and Four Drums.&lt;br /&gt;
* Each chapter contains a brief explanation, exercises, etudes and representative orchestral excerpts from the standard repertoire.&lt;br /&gt;
* The final section of the book includes 4 solos for two drums, 6 solos for three drums and 7 solos for four drums.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Instrumentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Timpani]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Program Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Raynor Carroll]]&#039;s Exercises, Etudes, and Solos for Timpani provides exactly what it says - exercises, etudes, and solos for different numbers of drums to help timpanists hone their craft and be ready for any situation. Beginning with basic legato strokes and progressing through advanced techniques, the text gives exercises and etudes for each technique to truly test comprehension and skill. Solos of varying difficulty focus on different techniques, and [[Raynor Carroll]] provides common orchestral excerpts for study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Content ==&lt;br /&gt;
1. Overview &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Tuning &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. The Legato Stroke &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Sticking Patterns &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Rolls &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Muffling &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7. Pedaling &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Three Drums &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9. Four Drums &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10. Solos for Two Drums &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11. Solos for Three Drums &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
12. Solos for Four Drums &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: The table of contents is at the start of this book, listing an overview, tuning, the legato stroke, the staccato stroke, sticking patterns, rolls, muffling, pedaling, playing with three drums, playing with four drums, and solos for two, three, and four drums. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: The overview section contains acknowledgements as well as tips on the listed exercises, etudes, excerpts, and solos, as well as practicing in general. The tuning section provides examples of intervals found in musical works as well as examples of intervals which can be played on two drums. Each lesson is followed by orchestral excerpts which contain the previous fundamental which I feel is much more useful and easier to utilize than compiling all the excerpts at the end of the book with no context as to which solos pertains to which lesson or fundamental. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: I would say this book is best suited for college students or high school students who are interested in furthering their development with timpani as there are plenty of solos provided in this book that a student would need to be at a certain level of proficiency to perform. The book includes the use of pedal timpani but discourages the use of tuning gauges which can be too difficult for some students and even professionals on faster tuning changes, so some advice may have to be taken at the discretion of the instructor.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
	Rating:	 While there are great playing examples and solos provided in this book, not much information is given as to how to execute the fundamentals covered. As the book is now, I feel it is a great source of exercises, etudes, and solos, exactly what the title states but another book should be used to develop students’ skills and fundamentals at the timpani. 4/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this composition may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Commercial Discography==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online Recordings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &amp;lt;embedvideo service=&amp;quot;youtube&amp;quot;&amp;gt;SAMPLENAME&amp;lt;/embedvideo&amp;gt;  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;max-width: 750px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;multimediacontainer /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#multimediaitem:SoundCloud|16040214|SoundCloud test}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available recordings or downloads...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recent Performances==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{performances}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any recent performances, but leave the above template to encourage further submissions. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Composer ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Carroll, Raynor Works}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Books for Percussion by this Author ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Carroll, Raynor Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Timpani Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Combined Percussion Examination Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Timpani Examination Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Trinity College London Percussion Examination Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Associated Board of the Royal Schools of Music Percussion Examination Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Examination Materials]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Regimen&amp;diff=44326</id>
		<title>The Regimen</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Regimen&amp;diff=44326"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:46:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Shaun Tilburg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 2015 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Shaun Tilburg]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $15.00  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: There is a brief foreword with a table of contents at the beginning of the book, which is organized by Rudiments, Single Strokes, Double Strokes, Stroke Combinations, Flams and Drags, Open Rolls, Closed Rolls, Triple P, a medium-level etude, and a hard-level etude. The Introduction talks about the goal of the book, muscle groups used when playing, holding the sticks, suggested books, and “20 Essential Rudiments.” From Single Strokes to the Triple P section, every exercise has a brief description, plenty of practice tips between them, and suggested tempo markings, dynamics (when included), and stickings. The two etudes are described in a way similar to including mentioned topics in a musical form, with the first etude being closer to a concert solo and the second being a rudimental solo. The final page of the book has a biography of the author, with the back cover simply listing a quote by Ted Atkatz. Each page has a page number, and its respective section and exercise title listed, so you always know which section you are in, which is nice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: For what is described as a “warm-up book”, there is plenty of useful information. Pictures of different stick grips are included in the Introduction section, along with a chart/graph to show how dynamics and tempo work in conjunction with the approximate number of bounces in a closed roll, which I felt was much more helpful than most explanations found in other roll books. The etudes are described as Cirone-esque and Tompkins-esque, meaning they resemble an advanced etude from these composers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: I could see a high school-level student using this, either with or without an instructor’s guidance. It would be best to be used in conjunction with an instructor, but I feel there is enough tips and information with each warm-up that a student could play through each one without direct supervision. An inexperienced college student could use it, but not without an instructor’s hand as they may miss some valuable insights to each rudiment covered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: With the layout, descriptions, and exercises provided in this book, I feel it would be a great tool to use as something for a student to take home and work through or to introduce students to concepts. While there may not be much in terms of musical etudes or explanation in dynamics or playing areas, I still feel there are good explanations and tips for certain rudiments in this book that students would easily understand. 4/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tilburg, Shaun Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Snare Drum Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Rolls,_Rolls,_Rolls&amp;diff=44325</id>
		<title>Rolls, Rolls, Rolls</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Rolls,_Rolls,_Rolls&amp;diff=44325"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:46:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rothman, Joel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1967&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Rothman]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $17.95  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
This book is almost exclusively used to learn and practice efficient roll technique.  There is a preface to this book where Joel Rothman expresses his goal of writing this book to have a final goal of the student to efficiently play in 4/4, 6/8, and cut time.  He then explains that there are two ideas presented when playing rolls, the closed and open, he then describes briefly how to approach them.  This book is excellent in the idea that one measure will contain a series of 16th notes, and then the following measure will reflect it, but with rolls.  Before each new section where a new roll idea is introduced, there is a short explanation of the notation and how to read it as a roll.  There are two downfalls to this book, the first is that while the author explains in the preface that the metronome markings are approximate to achieve successful closed rolls, several (if not all) are too fast, they are good &#039;final goals&#039; to achieve but overall, the metronome markings are too fast.  There are also no dynamics (while an advanced player might incorporate his own dynamic markings for practice, a student may not make that connection) the author provides that this book is most effective when used in conjunction with &#039;&#039;Musical Studies for the Intermediate Snare Drummer&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Intermediate Duets for Snare Drum&#039;&#039;. -[[Trevor Landreth]]; Emporia State University&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: After a length preface on the front cover of the book, nine-stroke rolls are immediately introduced, with no presence of a table of contents or index. Roll exercises are progressed by whole, half, quarter, and eighth note rolls on the up and downbeat. Mixed meter and varying tempos are introduced later in the end pages of the book, with a resume of some kind being presented at the end of the book, seemingly revisiting types of rolls discussed earlier in the book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Content: Most of the exercises seem to work on rolls quite a bit, but there is not really a thorough explanation of rolls and how to perform one. There is a distinction made between a buzz/multiple bounce roll and a roll utilizing double strokes, but no real explanation of how to perform either roll which is surprising considering the nature of the book. It should also be noted that there are no tempo markings on any of the etudes, in terms of BPM or tempo direction which can make performing certain rolls harder than necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: This book would be good for a middle school to high school-level student to use to practice rolls. Most of the exercises in this book may be too simple or not complex enough to properly challenge a college-level student, at least in an orchestral context when approaching rolls. For preparation in a concert band or marching band, this etude book will give students enough material to know what to do when encountering rolls in musical compositions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: While there are plenty of roll exercises in this book that will provide good rudimental exercise for a student, there is hardly any explanation on rolls themselves and the execution of them. Without introducing concepts such as roll bases, how to perform a double stroke roll, refining multiple bounce rolls, or playing zones on a snare drum, much more is left up to the instructor to teach regarding rolls than the book provides. 2/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Rothman, Joel Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Composer==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Rothman, Joel Works}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Snare Drum Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Roll_Etudes&amp;diff=44324</id>
		<title>Roll Etudes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Roll_Etudes&amp;diff=44324"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:45:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Joel Rothman]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 2015 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Joel Rothman Pub.]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $19.95  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: In the table of contents, the main chapters are listed in order of time signature: quarter time, cut time, and more complex time signatures such as mixed meter. The chapters progress in terms of difficulty, with the first few subsections dealing with quarter notes and downbeats and the latter few involving dotted rhythms, sixteenth note triplets, and dynamic control. Part Two and the dynamic control section of Part Three are strangely short, with Part Two only consisting of five etudes, with the fifth etude being in 4/4 instead of cut time. The dynamic control section has two full pages of assorted exercises but lack forte-piano rolls which I feel players would benefit from practicing. Part Four of this book includes duet etudes which could be played with an instructor and a student or with possibly two students at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: Most of the exercises seem to work on rolls quite a bit, but there is not really a thorough explanation of rolls and how to perform one. There is a distinction made between a buzz/multiple bounce roll and a roll utilizing double strokes, but no real explanation of how to perform either roll which is surprising considering the nature of the book. It should also be noted that there are no tempo markings on any of the etudes, in terms of BPM or tempo direction which can make performing certain rolls harder than necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: This book would be good for a middle school to high school-level student to use to practice rolls. Most of the exercises in this book may be too simple or not complex enough to properly challenge a college-level student, at least in an orchestral context when approaching rolls. For preparation in a concert band or marching band, this etude book will give students enough material to know what to do when encountering rolls in musical compositions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: While there are plenty of roll exercises in this book that will provide good rudimental exercise for a student, there is hardly any explanation on rolls themselves and the execution of them. Without introducing concepts such as roll bases, how to perform a double stroke roll, refining multiple bounce rolls, or playing zones on a snare drum, much more is left up to the instructor to teach regarding rolls than the book provides. 2/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Rothman, Joel Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Roll_Etudes&amp;diff=44323</id>
		<title>Roll Etudes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Roll_Etudes&amp;diff=44323"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:44:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Joel Rothman]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 2015 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Joel Rothman Pub.]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $19.95  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Rothman, Joel Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Roll_Etudes&amp;diff=44322</id>
		<title>Roll Etudes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Roll_Etudes&amp;diff=44322"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:44:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: Created page with &amp;quot;{{subst:booksTF}}&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[First Last]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 20 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  c. &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[James Wood Edition]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $0.00  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Last, First Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Template:Rothman,_Joel_Books&amp;diff=44321</id>
		<title>Template:Rothman, Joel Books</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Template:Rothman,_Joel_Books&amp;diff=44321"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:43:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Rothman, Joel. [[A Quartet of Recipes Around the Drums]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1976.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Artificial Technique]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1976.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Basic Drumming]] Joel Rothman Pub., 1983.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Basic Rock Beats]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1971.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Coordinated Rock Breaks Phrased in Three]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1973.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Coordination Patterns with a Dotted 1/8 Note Cymbal Beat]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1974.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Coordination Patterns with Eighth-Note Triplets]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1970.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Coordination Patterns with Hi-hat and Bass Drum]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1972.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Coordination Patterns with Sixteenth-Notes]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1970.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Dynamic Control]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1976.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Fun with Triplets!!!]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1968.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Hand-Foot Solo Patterns]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1976.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Independent Thinking]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1966.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[NaJazz Around the Drumsme]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1976.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Jazz Coordinated Drum Breaks]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 19--.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Just Another Rock Book]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1972.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Left Hand Control]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1972.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Left Hand Rock Breaks]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1972.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Let&#039;s Warm-Up]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1964.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Mixing Meters]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1964.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[New Testament of Technique]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1969.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Paradiddle Rock]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1984.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Phrasing Rock Breaks]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1972.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Pure Co-ordination for all Musicians]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1967.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Reading and Rolling in Cut Time]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1973.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Reading Can Be Odd]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1963.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Recipes with Doubles Around the Drums]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1974.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Recipes with Singles Around the Drums]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1974.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Rhythmic Technique]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1973.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Rock Breaks with Thirty-Second Notes]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1972.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Rock Drum Solos]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1984.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Rock &#039;n Rolls]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1974.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Rock Reader]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1970.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Rockbreaks in a Nutshell]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1976.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Roll Etudes]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 2015. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Rolls, Rolls, Rolls]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1967.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Rudiments Revisited]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1973.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Son of Independent Thinking]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1974.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Soul on Bass]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1970.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Take A Break]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1972.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[The Rock and Roll Bible of Co-ordination]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1968.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Triplet Control]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1969.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rothman, Joel. [[Two-Measure Jazz Drum Solos Phrased in Three]]. Joel Rothman Pub., 1974.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Podemski%27s_Standard_Snare_Drum_Method&amp;diff=44320</id>
		<title>Podemski&#039;s Standard Snare Drum Method</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Podemski%27s_Standard_Snare_Drum_Method&amp;diff=44320"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:41:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Benjamin Podemski]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1940, 1968, 1985 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition; Revised Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Mills Music, Inc.]]; [[Belwin Mills]]; [[Alfred]]; [[Warner Brothers]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $14.40  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Table of Contents ==&lt;br /&gt;
Part I: Basic Drumming &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Elementary beat Exercise Studies &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Studies in Flams &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Crush Roll &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Exercise with Scotch snap and the Reverse &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Part II: Advanced Exercise Studies &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Part III: Modern Rhythms as Employed by Contemporary Composers &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-A Study in Syncopated Rhythm &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Part IV: Double Drumming &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Part V: Famous Drum Solos &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Part VI: An Introduction To Tympani &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Musical Vocabulary:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
I found this book to be outstanding. It gives good details about playing snare and the meaning of notes or what’s on the measures from the different tempos to note values. I would suggest this for a first year college student or maybe a junior or senior high school student. This book starts out very easy but gets very difficult the farther you get into it. However, towards the end it switches to teaching a student on how to play the timpani or tympani as its stated in the book. At the very end there is a music vocab at the end that seems very useful to a student. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Review by Sage Thurston&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: After a foreword from the publishers and a large picture of the author, the Table of Contents is listed, organized by six parts and followed by a few pages of musical vocabulary. First, only traditional grip is shown as matched grip was apparently not established in 1940, with basics in snare drumming listed after. Interestingly, the roll is mentioned very early in the book, before any rudiments or strokes, which seems counterintuitive since rolls require a proper understanding of strokes to be implemented. Several exercises focusing on different elements of snare drumming are provided after note values are discussed, with more advanced studies listed in Part II. Part III includes rhythms found in ‘contemporary’ composers’ music and syncopated rhythms. Part IV covers double drumming, Part V covers popular drum solos found in orchestral literature, and Part VI briefly introduces timpani, with some photos of playing positions and playing examples. The list of musical vocabulary is quite advanced and thorough compared to those found in even method books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: Notation is discussed quite a bit in Part I, with the first non-notation subject being presented in page 12. The roll is described as being of “utmost importance”, but there is only a half-page of initial information about the roll which seems slim to introduce a complex concept such as a roll, but there are other pages covering rolls such as the five-stroke and crush roll so there is a fair amount of attention given towards this concept. Almost each playing exercise has a brief inscription, ranging from pointing out a tricky spot to telling the reader to count aloud. In the initial “Elementary Beat Exercise Studies,” each beat value is written in underneath the notes, assisting with counting for younger or beginner students. Rudiments seem to be valued over other concepts such as dynamics and use of agogic accents, with most subsections covering rudiments such as flams and ruffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: I would say this book would be used by a student, with an instructor possibly guiding the student through the book although it seems accessible enough for students to work their own way through it. It is hard to say what skill level this book would be optimal for, as very basic concepts are covered in enough detail for a beginner percussionist to understand but some playing examples seem a bit too advanced for younger players. Generally speaking, perhaps this book would work well for high school students, with some exceptions being given for advanced middle school students or beginner college students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: In some ways, this book seems a little aged with only one snare drum grip being presented and no pedal tuning to be found for the short timpani section which did not provide much insight to playing the timpani. It introduced concepts and issues a student will run into while playing timpani, but there was not much practical information to take away from that section, apart from playing position perhaps. In any case, this book would be good use for its playing examples and thorough musical vocabulary section. 3/5. [[User: Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Books for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Podemski, Benjamin Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Snare Drum Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Intermediate_Snare_Drum_Studies&amp;diff=44319</id>
		<title>Intermediate Snare Drum Studies</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Intermediate_Snare_Drum_Studies&amp;diff=44319"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:41:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Mitchell Peters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1976 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Mitchell Peters]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $14.49  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
“Intermediate Snare Drum Studies” is a composition of studies for snare drum playing and not much else. There is a brief description that mentions how the book is divided into two different sections, with the first section focusing on specific rudiments for each study, and the second section has 32 etudes with varied meter, tempo and dynamics. The attitude towards the whole book comes across as very free, as the sticking, tempo, and dynamics can be adjusted to the performer. Without the guidance of an instructor, this book would simply be a collection of etudes of which the student would have to figure out all by themselves. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	It seems more detail and thought could have been put into this book. Three of the studies in the first section are just variations on the Three Camps solo, along with the solo itself. Other etudes are more challenging but lack details which give the player insight to how to properly develop their snare skills. It is easy for beginning or seemingly-intermediate players to play an etude with half-developed fundamentals and continue to play higher level pieces without taking the care and consideration to execute each rudiment properly and in context with the piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	This book must be used in conjunction with an instructor and the student in order to get the full use out of the etudes. Along with strokes, rolls, accents, and flams, self-determination on tempo and dynamics could assist the student with working their way up through these pieces. A middle or high school student with an understanding of fundamentals on the snare drum would be well-prepared to approach this book but would require guidance to progress through it. Especially with the later etudes, some questions could arise about counting time signatures or how to execute certain rolls as closed or open in context with the rest of the piece. For the most part, I believe this book could be used as a way to expose players to snare drum music but would be better off using as it as merely music repertoire instead of introducing new concepts to the student. 2/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Peters, Mitchell Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Snare Drum Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Advanced_Snare_Drum_Studies&amp;diff=44318</id>
		<title>Advanced Snare Drum Studies</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Advanced_Snare_Drum_Studies&amp;diff=44318"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:40:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Mitchell Peters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1971 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  c. &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Mitchell Peters]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $14.50  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Student Reviews ===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: There is very little present in terms of a table of contents, or chapter headings. The closest aspect of organization are the etude numbers and the page numbers. The layout and formatting of this book is very bare bones, with no introduction, and no excerpts or details for any etudes. There is a list of recommended marimba solos on the back cover of the book, but that is the closest thing to a description for anything in this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: There is a good assortment of time signatures, tempos, dynamic ranges, and roll exercises. It is hard to say which etudes are crafted for which rudiment or sets of rudiments due to the lack of descriptions, so the player will have to study which rudiments are present in each etude to determine which one to use. There are ones which use triplets and untied rolls along with flams and ruffs, despite there being no instruction or advice for executing them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: These studies can be used to develop rudimental skills, but without any clarification from the author, it is hard to tell if any of these etudes would be useful for being orchestral snare drumming skills. In a teaching setting, this book would be best used in conjunction with an instructor’s guiding hand. It could be used in a lesson or for building skills at home between lessons, but as it is titled “advanced”, it may be best used by experienced players for maintenance as a way to keep their chops up. For pedagogy, a high-school level player may be the required to be able to play through these studies and to be develop their own skills. A college student may also be able to find uses with this book, with a solid foundation for their rudiments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: Aside from the lack of descriptions or guides, this etude book could still be used to provide an experienced percussionist with material to play, either to build their skills or to keep them fresh. Still, a little could have went a long way in terms of the content in this book, as there is hardly anything other than the notes themselves. 2/5. [[User: Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Peters, Mitchell Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Snare Drum Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Master_Studies:_Exercises_for_the_Development_of_Control_and_Technique&amp;diff=44317</id>
		<title>Master Studies: Exercises for the Development of Control and Technique</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Master_Studies:_Exercises_for_the_Development_of_Control_and_Technique&amp;diff=44317"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:40:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Joe Morello]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1986&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Modern Drummer Publications Inc.]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $13.45  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This book will help the hands develop accents and apply the different pressures for rolls, single strokes, and double strokes. It’s not written chronologically, so the musician can skip around to different studies. This workbook is not written for technique, but to make the percussionist more comfortable in his or her abilities. It’s full of different stickings and patterns to work on that move the accents or diddles around to different notes. This can be played on a snare drum, but it is also suggested to move to the drum set as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Preface &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: Accent Studies &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: Buzz Roll Studies &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: Stroke Combination Studies&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: Control Studies&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: Fill-in Studies&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: Ostinato Studies &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: Flam Studies &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Biography&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
I think this book is helpful, but also repetitive. He does help the musician practice and become a better snare drummer, but I feel it is more for those on drumline trying to work on speed and cleanliness. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rating: II &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Review by Ashley Feist&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: A dedication precedes the Table of Contents, which lists an introduction, preface, and then studies of the accent, buzz roll, stroke combination, control, fill-in, ostinato, and flam. Most playing examples provided in each subsection range from a single measure to four measures, having the student repeat nearly all of them as their practice. The last few pages of the book contain two full pages of a biography about the author and a list of books distributed by Hal Leonard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: The order in which the techniques are presented could be shifted a bit, with the control and stroke combinations being introduced before the buzz roll. The inclusion of the “Table of Time” is a great aspect of this book, as I have used it as a warm-up countless times in my practice as a college student as it develops the student’s concept of note value and counting in conjunction with a variety of metronome settings and tempos. The ‘fill-in’ section does not cover drum fills but works on filling in rhythms with both hands and playing the rest of the rhythms with a single hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: Given how much attention is given to stick control and the mention of George Stone quite a bit during that section, I would say this book would be used by percussionists focusing on drum set or as a developmental book for drum set. With how few descriptions there are for the fundamentals and rudiments included, I would say this book could be used by high school and college level students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: By leaving out grip and playing positions, I believe this book was written with drum set players in mind, with several references to drum set variations and endurance, and the author’s mention of wanting to rewrite Stick Control by George Stone, his mentor, which is popularly used by drum set players. Fundamentals are bypassed in this book, with a focus on playing examples and developing relaxation in the reader’s playing technique. Though this book may be centered around drum set use, I feel focus on stick control and relaxation could be applicable in orchestral settings, despite the student needing a previous understanding of fundamentals to be able to play the examples properly in this book. 4/5. [[User: Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Books for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Morello, Joe Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Drumset Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Snare Drum Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Moeller_Book&amp;diff=44316</id>
		<title>The Moeller Book</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Moeller_Book&amp;diff=44316"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:40:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Sanford Moeller]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1956 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Ludwig Drum Co. Publishers]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $17.95  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: This book lacks a table of contents which is replaced by an index in the back of the book, with the first pages starting with a publisher’s note, notes about the author, and the concept of confidence while playing before going into technique. Proper stick grip, which only the traditional grip is mentioned, strokes, and rolls are the first few concepts, with the roll received a great deal of attention as it should. After, flams, ruffs, and paradiddles are introduced, with several playing examples being provided for each and a revisitation of rolls along with playing exercises for them. After taps are discussed, the rest of the book focuses on Army-style etudes, with several descriptions scattered throughout from the author’s experience in the Army.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: As stated in the previous paragraph, the author never lets the reader forget that he was in the Army and that some of the greatest techniques for snare drumming were from that school of thought. Especially in the last half of the book, the use of these military-style etudes is greatly emphasized, which are built on the rudiments which were discussed earlier in the book in fairly great detail. The author claims the techniques learned in the book can be equally applied to orchestral playing as well as military corps playing, but there is little mention of dynamics or phrasing of any kind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: Given the background of the author and what method of thinking he is using when playing, I believe that is book could see great use in marching band, with several corps etudes being used as drum cadences or as warm-up and exercises for the ensemble. With some of the complexity of these and their use in national auditions, this book would be best suited for high school students or those thinking of joining Drum Corps International groups. A middle school student with a good understanding of fundamentals could play some examples in this book but may find themselves limited by their technique and skills by pieces found later in the book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: Despite some dated ideas in this book, the foundation laid for rudiments is exceptional. There are plenty of playing exercises provided and will prepare students for at least one snare drum audition they will run into in their lives. The absence of orchestral techniques takes away from what is a great rudimental and etude book which is heavily based on the military school of drumming. 4/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Moeller, Sanford Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Snare Drum Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Level_System&amp;diff=44315</id>
		<title>The Level System</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Level_System&amp;diff=44315"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:39:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Jeffrey Johnson]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 2012 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Alfred Music Publishing Co., Inc.]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $9.90  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: The Table of Contents immediately follows the title page, listing an introduction, dedication, and starts with snare drum technique and using a metronome. Most of what follows fall under the umbrella of ‘the level system’ which simply emphasizes the use of stick height through certain strokes to control dynamics as well as execute rudiments such as flams, drags, and accented notes. After strokes, dynamics, and accents are introduced, rudiments follow with drum set applications listed after and a list of recommended books at the end. The back cover displays the purpose of the book as well as describing the level system itself, as well as a biography of the author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: In terms of the order of presentation, I like the way this book is ordered, with strokes preceding rudiments, possibly because the level system itself is based off of types of strokes and thus stick heights. The exercises in the book are chosen because they make use of the level system and give the student some examples of how the level system may be used. Though there are no orchestral excerpts provided to use the level system on, there are enough playing examples that I feel students would still be able to try out the method for themselves and see if they want to implement it into their technique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: I would say this book could be used by both middle and high school students, as it gives them a good foundation for their strokes to build their rudiments off of, although the roll itself does not seem to be explained in very much depth. I feel this book in particular would be good to introduce students to different kinds of strokes and how they can be used in their playing, and then later replaced by books that specialize in other concepts a bit more, such as rolls or orchestral playing. Given that marching band is very dependent on the proper understanding and use of upstrokes and downstrokes and the like, I feel this book would thrive in a marching band setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: This book seems to provide a good understanding of strokes and how the differences between them can be used in rudiments, especially on snare drum and drum set. The book seems to associate dynamics with stick height to a certain extent, with the mention of the velocity of which the stick is ‘thrown’ while playing, which I feel some student could misinterpret without an instructor to explain it to them. The drum set patterns and included rudiments are well explained, use the level system, and would be a great resource to introduce students to some of these rhythms. 4/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Johnson, Jeffrey Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Snare Drum Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Modern_School_for_Snare_Drum&amp;diff=44314</id>
		<title>Modern School for Snare Drum</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Modern_School_for_Snare_Drum&amp;diff=44314"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:39:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Morris Goldenberg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1955 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Chappell &amp;amp; Co., Inc.]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $19.80  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: A foreword describing the author’s intent of writing this book precedes the Table of Contents which is separated into two parts with Part I only containing playing exercises based on certain rudiments and concepts, such as flams, rolls and different time signatures. Part II is the bulk of the book and starts off with information and illustrations of different instruments, interestingly lacking the inclusion of timpani and any mallet instruments, presumably due to the author’s publication of other books for timpani and mallet instruments. Many of these descriptions, along with the rest of the chapters, contain excerpts from orchestral works, showing the relevance and practicality of using several of these included instruments and giving playing examples. The back cover provides the name of several instruments in four different languages, stating that showing performance terms would be “cumbersome” and that translation dictionaries are better resources for that purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contents: At first, counts and stickings are written in for the first few playing exercises, but they quickly disappear as they progress. At the beginning of Part II, the author gives some insight to his choices of instruments to include in the book along with some history behind percussion itself. The author mentions the absence of timpani and mallet instruments, and thus divides the following instruments into two categories: membranophones and idiophones which leaves out chordophones and aerophones but considering this is a snare drum book, it is exceptional that any instruments other than snare drum are included especially to the degree found in this book. The orchestral scores in the last half of the book are provided in their formatting since they contain issues percussions run into in orchestral settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uses: I feel this book is accessible enough to be used by students or a class of students in a middle to high school range but covers enough content that a beginning teacher or a non-percussionist instructor could have a handy reference to see instruments being played in context and provide their ensembles with some music they can play together to see how these instruments function together or with a larger ensemble.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rating: Compared to other snare drum books, I feel this one blows others out of the water in terms of its range of content; it is nearly a methods book! The inclusion of orchestral excerpts provides students with some practical repertoire that can be played in context with a recording of the piece, and the playing examples provide warm-ups and a few fundamental exercises for students to work on in their own time. That being said, focusing on the “school for snare drum” aspect of the book, the omission of basic drumming fundamentals, such as stroke, stroke types, playing positions, grips, and types of rolls to name a few, seems lacking for a book that provides so much more information than what is relevant for snare drum itself. 4/5. [[User: Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Goldenberg, Morris Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Roll&amp;diff=44313</id>
		<title>The Roll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Roll&amp;diff=44313"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:38:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Sholle Emil]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1957 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Ludwig Masters Publications]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $8.05  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: While there are no table of contents, there is a preface and five listed sections. The first section deals with 29 exercises which are played with varied tempos in three different ways, described as follows: with a “hit free bounce”, which is essentially a buzz roll with matching bounces in each hand, a “controlled double bounce”, which is a double, and a “controlled triple bounce”, which is three bounces on one hand with one stroke. Section 2 deals with one-handed rolls and includes 10 exercises, including a short description of what to watch out for in the left hand during one of the exercises. Section 3 has no listed time signature and focuses mainly on the evenness of each note in the 16 exercises. Section 4 includes different notation to show the roll base of each of the 18 exercises, along with the roll written out as it normally would appear. In Section 5, with the final 5 exercises, different metronome markings and dynamics are assigned for each exercise, with these being the longest exercises in the book. The back cover of the book features a list of recommended books by other authors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: While the definition of a “hit free bounce” is mentioned in the first section of the book, advice on how to actually perform it is left out. It describes what a “hit free bounce” should sound like, but there are no suggestions on how to perform one or how to know when to use one in favor of a different stroke, such as a “controlled double (or) triple bounce.” There are different notations used for doubles and rolls, but it is never specified which one is which, which may be confusing to beginners who could assumed they are played the same way. Dynamics are not introduced until Section 4, so until this point, the student has not worked on rolling at lower or higher dynamics which could halt their progress on their rolls quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: With the exercises in the book, I would say this book would be best used with a middle to high school-level player. While there are important aspects of rolls left out, such as playing areas on the snare and differentiating between closed and open rolls, this book could still be used between an instructor and a student to build their rolls and give them something to practice with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: While there are good exercises in this book, I still feel a good explanation of rolls should be introduced to the student prior to them playing these exercises. At least a full page on how rolls should be performed, and the different kinds of rolls encountered in musical literature would go a long way to understanding the roll. The preface explains that this book is focused towards providing exercises for building good rolls, and not explaining the roll itself, so to that point it fulfilled its purpose. 3/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Emil, Sholle Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Snare Drum Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Simple_Steps_for_Successful_Beginning_Percussion&amp;diff=44312</id>
		<title>Simple Steps for Successful Beginning Percussion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Simple_Steps_for_Successful_Beginning_Percussion&amp;diff=44312"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:38:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Kennan Wylie]]&lt;br /&gt;
==General Info==&lt;br /&gt;
Year: 2004  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Edition: c. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Level: Elementary &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Publisher: K. Wylie Publications &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cost: $30.99 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Page: 83 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ISBN: 978-0-9748-3212-8 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
* Comprehensive Beginning Percussion Curriculum&lt;br /&gt;
* DVD of Lessons and Examples&lt;br /&gt;
* Covers [[Snare Drum]], [[Mallets]], [[Drumset]], Accessories, World Percussion, and More&lt;br /&gt;
* Clear, Easy to Read Exercises and Etudes&lt;br /&gt;
* Focus on Building Well Rounded Percussionist&lt;br /&gt;
==Chapters==&lt;br /&gt;
==Reviews==&lt;br /&gt;
Kennan Wylie is one of the authorities on beginning percussion education, with his method books being some of the most popular for beginning students available. Simple Steps to Successful Beginning Percussion is Wylie&#039;s most popular and best selling text, providing a comprehensive percussion curriculum for beginning percussion students.Simple Steps starts with basic foundations of grip and technique, and progresses through various skill sets and techniques that build students into well rounded percussionists, instructing students on snare drum, mallets, drum set, bass drum, cymbals, accessories, and world percussion! The book includes many photos, well organized descriptions, easy to read exercises, and lots of musical examples to help students improve. BY [[Patrick Curry]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: Before the Table of Contents, there is a page of acknowledgements from the author and the author’s intentions with the creation of this book, along with how to use the included CDs in this version of the book. The book then starts with fifteen pages of introductory concepts, such as stances, strokes, and grips. The remainder of the book is organized in such a way that snare drum development and “mallet” development, such as keyboards, timpani, and accessory instruments, are split into two different “steps”, with snare drum assigned to ‘Step #1’ and mallets assigned to ‘Step #1a’ for example. Despite being split, students are expected to progress in both steps simultaneously, so their snare drum fundamentals are gradually built up as the students are introduced to other instruments and eventually ensemble playing. Every five or so steps, “checkpoints” are used to allow students to review their progress up to that point. After the final checkpoint, a solo along with several warm-ups and orchestral excerpts for ensemble playing, is presented and then followed with tetrachords/arpeggios, major scales in all twelve keys, and common music vocabulary, ranging from Italian terms to what treble and bass clefs are. The back cover lists features of the book along with a biography of the author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: I felt it was wise to start off the book with pre-playing and non-playing concepts before introducing playing exercises and development so the students are able to set themselves up properly and have all included knowledge about the instruments before having them start playing. It was also interesting to see the snare drum development being put alongside the rest of the common percussion developments on keyboards and timpani and so forth instead of a stand-alone section which would help students keep their chops up on the snare drum. Looking at the earlier keyboard exercises, it was surprising to see that the notes and staffs were much larger than those found on the snare drum pages, allowing students to have better legibility while beginning their keyboard playing. Later on, these enlarged notes become closer to the same size as the notes found on the snare drum pages as to let the students become accustomed to reading smaller notes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: I may be biased to this criterion since I was taught from this book in middle school, but I could see this book being used both by the teacher and the student in class since the playing examples are curated towards beginner students, and warm-up exercises along with play-along tracks are included with the book. In my experience as a young student learning with this method, I would say it is effective and very accessible to the teacher as they simply have to read from the book and have the students play along with the included tracks. That being said, consideration of the students’ pace of learning does have to be taken into account since the book is listed as a “twenty-five week” process. If some students are not progressing at the same rate as others, the whole class could be deprived of material found at the end of the book. I would say that this book could be used by middle school-level to maybe high school-level students, although it could be a bit too basic for some high school students so maybe only used for true beginners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: While this book has a good progression system, I feel it lacks heavily on important information for the instructor which would not only broaden their understanding of percussion ensembles, but also give insight into how to introduce these concepts to their students. For these reasons, it may thrive in the hands of the students and be merely glanced at by instructors, with the instructors (hopefully) using a more in-depth method book for their personal guidance. 3/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Awards==&lt;br /&gt;
==Additional Study Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
==Books for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Kennan Wylie Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Additional Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Mallet Percussion Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Snare Drum Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Auxiliary Percussion Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Drum Set Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Pedagogical Books]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Percussion_Methods&amp;diff=44311</id>
		<title>Percussion Methods</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Percussion_Methods&amp;diff=44311"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:37:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Robert Schietroma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1991&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  2nd Edition&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[RonJon Publishing, Inc.]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $22.05  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: The Table of Contents is organized by chapters, with the first being about goals of a course, suggesting this book would be used as a guide in a college-level methods class, in conjunction with other materials. Instead of going straight to instruments, the book then delves into classification of percussion instruments, maintenance, percussion rehearsals and ensemble notes, and musical performance of a percussionist before going to standard instruments. It then goes into instrument substitutions and percussion terminology before finishing with a detailed Latin American section, drum set, and method books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: A surprising amount of content in this book is focused on organizing and figuring out the logistics of running a percussion ensemble or managing a percussion section in a larger band. Even more surprising, there is not a snare drum section in the book, as “Fundamental Studies for Snare Drum” by Garwood Whaley is listed as a required material for the aforementioned course and would assumedly cover the snare drum section part of this book. I was pleasantly surprised to see the mention of how a student’s stance should be when playing at a keyboard instrument or even a tambourine! Small details like this run through every percussionist’s mind at some point, so it is nice to have a resource that gives insight to little things like standing while using an instrument. The chapters covering percussion substitutions and terminology was great to see, as I am sure there are very few ensembles which have every percussion instrument listed in any literature they come across, so giving examples of how to substitute missing or unplayable instruments with others is a great help. The terminology section translated words and instrument names from English, French, German, Italian, and South American which could be helpful when reading orchestral music which is usually not translated to English. The Latin American instrument section was one of the most detailed I have come across in most method books, and the drum set section covered most of what drummers may run into when reading music, with a brief page-long section showing how cymbals and different drums on a set may appear on charts. The method books were categorized by section and listed varying levels of difficulty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: Due to the word density of this book and the absence of pages and pages of playing examples and etudes, I would say this book is directed towards an instructor or future instructors. Most of the concepts mentioned in this book are more relevant for instructors than students, with an exception being college students or aspiring teachers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: Since this book covers concepts which are usually neglected in most percussion method books, such as the logistics of managing a percussion ensemble and what desirable traits such be expected from a percussionist’s playing, I feel this book would be a great addition to any instructor’s stack of resources. Granted, due to the certain concepts presented in this book, it may be more relevant to anyone other than an elementary school instructor, although some concepts such as maintenance of instruments could still be utilized by the instructor. 5/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Schietroma, Robert Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Percussion_Methods&amp;diff=44310</id>
		<title>Percussion Methods</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Percussion_Methods&amp;diff=44310"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:37:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* General Info */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Robert Schietroma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1991&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  2nd Edition&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[RonJon Publishing, Inc.]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $22.05  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: The Table of Contents is organized by chapters, with the first being about goals of a course, suggesting this book would be used as a guide in a college-level methods class, in conjunction with other materials. Instead of going straight to instruments, the book then delves into classification of percussion instruments, maintenance, percussion rehearsals and ensemble notes, and musical performance of a percussionist before going to standard instruments. It then goes into instrument substitutions and percussion terminology before finishing with a detailed Latin American section, drum set, and method books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: A surprising amount of content in this book is focused on organizing and figuring out the logistics of running a percussion ensemble or managing a percussion section in a larger band. Even more surprising, there is not a snare drum section in the book, as “Fundamental Studies for Snare Drum” by Garwood Whaley is listed as a required material for the aforementioned course and would assumedly cover the snare drum section part of this book. I was pleasantly surprised to see the mention of how a student’s stance should be when playing at a keyboard instrument or even a tambourine! Small details like this run through every percussionist’s mind at some point, so it is nice to have a resource that gives insight to little things like standing while using an instrument. The chapters covering percussion substitutions and terminology was great to see, as I am sure there are very few ensembles which have every percussion instrument listed in any literature they come across, so giving examples of how to substitute missing or unplayable instruments with others is a great help. The terminology section translated words and instrument names from English, French, German, Italian, and South American which could be helpful when reading orchestral music which is usually not translated to English. The Latin American instrument section was one of the most detailed I have come across in most method books, and the drum set section covered most of what drummers may run into when reading music, with a brief page-long section showing how cymbals and different drums on a set may appear on charts. The method books were categorized by section and listed varying levels of difficulty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: Due to the word density of this book and the absence of pages and pages of playing examples and etudes, I would say this book is directed towards an instructor or future instructors. Most of the concepts mentioned in this book are more relevant for instructors than students, with an exception being college students or aspiring teachers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: Since this book covers concepts which are usually neglected in most percussion method books, such as the logistics of managing a percussion ensemble and what desirable traits such be expected from a percussionist’s playing, I feel this book would be a great addition to any instructor’s stack of resources. Granted, due to the certain concepts presented in this book, it may be more relevant to anyone other than an elementary school instructor, although some concepts such as maintenance of instruments could still be utilized by the instructor. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Schietroma, Robert Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Percussion_Methods:_An_Essential_Resource_for_Educators,_Conductors,_and_Students&amp;diff=44309</id>
		<title>Percussion Methods: An Essential Resource for Educators, Conductors, and Students</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Percussion_Methods:_An_Essential_Resource_for_Educators,_Conductors,_and_Students&amp;diff=44309"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:36:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Stephen Primatic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 2015&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Meredith Music Publications]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $26.95  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: The Table of Contents is preceded by a Dedication, followed by a Foreword from Dr. Matt Fallin, Acknowledgements, and an Introduction. The chapters are then ordered by snare drum, bass drum and cymbals, triangle and tambourine, accessory instruments, keyboard mallet percussion, timpani, drum set, Afro/Cuban drums, marching band, and a Director’s Guide, with a brief About the Author section. For snare drum, it is explained how to approach the instrument, grips, notation, exercises, dynamics, rolls, rudiments, and etudes. For snare and bass drum, and drum set, the construction of each instrument is mentioned to some detail, but not for the rest of the instruments. An example of notation is present for each accessory instrument listed, along with a photograph of the instrument. After further inspection, for every instrument, a photograph is present which is very helpful for easily identifying instruments for a non-percussionist using this book. In the final chapter, types of mallets and their materials are listed for the most common classroom instruments, along with method books for varying skill levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: In the snare drum section, a full page detailing proper grip and stroke is present which sets up the student nicely for the following exercises which could be played through in a class or lesson. Rolls are presented after flams and ruffs which is feel is very important as understanding how these rudiments work is fundamental when approaching rolls. The rest of the instruments follow a similar pattern, with a basic grip and stroke mentioned along with some playing exercises, albeit brief. Accessory instruments have very short, basic descriptions with a measure or two of a playing example, but I feel the photographs included help give a good idea as to how the instruments are handled, at least. A maintenance section is included, listed as the “Director’s Guide”, and for what a high school director may encounter, it serves as a good starting point. It covers replacing snare drum, bass drum, and timpani heads, with nearly two full pages decided to timpani heads themselves which is rather necessary. This section could use more detail on how to replace suspension cords on keyboard instruments or knowing when to repair an instrument, but it does mention preventing damage and suggestions for suspension cords. The method books listed towards the end of the book are good candidates for students to start off with and offer varying levels for students with different backgrounds in percussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: Despite the back cover of the book suggesting that this book can be used to teach a college-level percussion methods course and as a resource for band directors, I would have to only agree with one of those statements. For a non-percussionist band director, in middle or high school, I feel this book would serve as a handy reference book or as a starting point to managing their percussion section. In terms of teaching a methods course, I feel it could be lacking in detail about certain concepts, such as brand availability and pricing, marching band maintenance, and tuning of non-janissary instruments, such as congas and bongos. The literature in this book is approachable enough that I feel a student would understand the material and is easy to navigate through that they could use it as a resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: This book could be useful to a standard band director as a solid starting point but lacks enough detail to warrant the use as a method book for college students. I would list it as a recommendation to aspiring band directors but only as a reference book or a start to a longer list of resources for their band. 4/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Primatic, Stephen Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pedagogical Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Book_of_Percussion_Pedagogy&amp;diff=44308</id>
		<title>The Book of Percussion Pedagogy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Book_of_Percussion_Pedagogy&amp;diff=44308"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:35:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Cort McClaren]]&lt;br /&gt;
==General Info==&lt;br /&gt;
Publisher: [[C. Alan Publications]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Year: 1994 &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cost: $52.20&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Book of Percussion Pedagogy by [[Cort McClaren]] utilizes the Common Elements Approach to teach percussion teaching methods. This book is full of essential information for all teachers, especially those who do not have a background in percussion and are looking for supplemental materials for teaching their students. This is an encyclopedia of percussion that is sure to answer any and every question teachers could have about the wonderful world of percussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reviews==&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: Preceding the Table of Contents are dedications, thanks, and the purpose of the book. The rest of the book is organized into seven major chapters, with an eighth chapter covering how the apply the ‘Common Elements’ approach to teaching. The first chapter covers the Common Elements themselves which are used as a foundation for the rest of the book, the second goes over how a percussion section should function, and the rest covering snare drum, timpani, keyboard percussion, basic accessory instruments, and drum set. Following the eighth chapter is two appendices, Appendix A listing common instrument names and illustrations and Appendix B listing percussion instrument substitutions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: Most, if not all, of the information in this book is curated towards instructors and is written as such. There are illustrations of potential ‘lesson plans’ or that which can be used in a lesson plan as a pedagogical approach, such as listing names of ensemble members in a table and listing which instruments each student plays in accordance with the day of the week. Especially in the beginning of the book, the material gives the instructor ideas on how to organize their teaching methods and how they can make use of their class time with their students. Throughout the rest of the book, it is conveyed to the instructor things to look for when teaching students about certain instruments and what milestones they should look for, as in how proficient a student should be with an instrument at a high school level. The aforementioned Common Elements play a major role in the progression of this book, with each chapter being essentially organized by these ‘elements.’ It should be noted however, that there are different teaching models provided in the first chapter of the book from which the instructor can choose how they would like to progress through the book with their students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: As it is mentioned in the ‘Purpose’ section, this book does what it claims to do: stimulate thinking of percussion in school settings, encourage teachers to use activities which allow students to reach their full potential, and essentially allow teachers to recognize Common Elements in percussion music. It is absolutely directed towards the use of an instructor as this book speaks of students as a third-party entity as there are sections of this book which may be considered completely irrelevant to students. I believe instructors at any grade level will benefit from using this book despite some concepts and ideas only being applicable or realistic at higher-levels such as high school or college.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: While there are hardly any playing exercises in this book since it is focused towards the pedagogical use of an instructor, I feel this book can be a huge help to instructors as a guide of what to look and listen for in their ensemble. It is unfortunate that marching percussion concepts, along with more accessory and Latin instruments, are not covered as it would have been interesting to see how those types of instruments are viewed in terms of a Common Elements approach, and no reasoning is given that justifies the omission of these important, commonly used instruments. 4/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Works for Percussion by this Composer==&lt;br /&gt;
{{McClaren, Cort Works}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Books for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{McClaren, Cort Books}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reference==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Pedagogical Books]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Packet&amp;diff=44307</id>
		<title>The Packet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Packet&amp;diff=44307"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:35:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Frank Chapple]]&lt;br /&gt;
==General Info==&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle: A Fundamentals-Based Percussion Curriculum&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Year: 2015&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Publisher: [[FECIV Publications]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Difficulty: Elementary to Advanced&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cost: $29.99&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Dimensions: 30.48 x 22.86 x 2.54 cm&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ISBN: 978-0-6925-0069-9&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Instrumentation==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mallet Percussions]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Drumset]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
* Etudes, Exercises, and Variations for 6th-12th Grade&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Based on Fundamentals&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Simple and Straightforward&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Packet by [[Frank Chapple]] is a collection of exercises, etudes and instructions written to help students develop the skills necessary to be a complete percussionist. Designed for use with all students from middle school all the way until high school graduation, this book is a straightforward way to get your kids drumming correctly. Written by [[Michael Dooley]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chapter==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 1: The Rhythms section helps students understand basic rhythmic concepts like the quarter note, all the way up to doing hand speed changes with pentuplets.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 2: Chops works on the physical act of hitting a drum, including legato strokes, staccato strokes, rudiments, and accent patterns.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 3: Rudiments shows students how to play the most essential sticking patterns every drummer should know, all the way up to how to play grids with hybrid rudiments.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 4: Mallets begins with note naming and ends with four-mallet triple lateral exercises.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 5: Drum Set shows students basic patterns and styles all the way up to a 12/8 nanigo.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reviews==&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: Acknowledgements precede the Table of Contents which is simply listed in seven sections: Introduction and Sections 1-6, which cover Rhythm, Chops, Rudiments, Mallets, Drumset, and Assignments Charts, with no page numbers listed for any chapters since there are no page numbers anywhere in the book. Each chapter has multiple subsections, with each chapter seeming to progress in order of ascending difficultly, although the order of the chapters does not seem to follow this same pattern. Most of the sections consist of playing exercises, but the last section is nothing but twenty-nine pages of a copy/paste table that could have been included in a short paragraph elsewhere in the book or recreated with notebook paper.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Content: The content in this book seems to be curated for marching band, as most of the examples in the book apply to snare drum, with the Mallets and Drumset sections being used by front ensemble members. That being said, I was surprised to find no sections for cymbals or other drums. There is a strong emphasis on counting as listed in the Introduction section, with the Rhythm section containing mostly exercises in which the student counts rests and introduces playing and stickings. The Chops section focuses mostly on strokes, with Rudiments being self-explanatory, as well as Mallets and Drumset. Scales and short etudes for all major and natural minor scales are available in the Mallets section which could be helpful, along with popular rhythms in the Drumset section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uses: This book would be best used in a marching band setting, or perhaps by elementary to middle school instructors. The fundamentals that this book focuses on is primarily centered around concepts which are valued or worked on the most in marching band settings, and the background of the author supports this despite the author’s experience and background in public schools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rating: At first, I thought this book was a snare drum book! Its presentation, along with valued fundamentals, led me to believe that this book was only focused on snare drum. It does not even try to mention any other instruments apart from snare drum, mallets which themselves are unspecified, and drum set. The entirety of this book seems like it belongs in a section to a greater method book, which the author did say in some way in his defense in the beginning of the book, in which he strongly recommends the use of this book along with many other literature and method books. There are so many concepts missing that it is easier to say what this book covers than what it does not. 1/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Works for Percussion by this Composer==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chapple Frank Works}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reference==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Mallet Percussion Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Drumset Method Books]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Conga,_Bongo,_and_Timbale_Techniques&amp;diff=44306</id>
		<title>Conga, Bongo, and Timbale Techniques</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Conga,_Bongo,_and_Timbale_Techniques&amp;diff=44306"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:34:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[David Charles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1982 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Marimba Productions]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $75.00  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: A brief dedication precedes the table of contents which lists a foreword from David Friedman, information about the author, and an introduction; three sections follow after: Section I covering congas, bongos, timbales, and claves, Section II covering improvisation, and Section III covering Latin percussion in the studio. Very brief acknowledgments are covered on the last page of the book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Content: Section I covers a fair bulk of the book, with pictures being provided for information about each instrument and different strokes used when playing them. Exercises, as well as a popular rhythm, is included with each instrument which utilize each notation and technique that is covered in the informative part of the section. Section II goes into great detail about what to think about when improvising and how a player can use the techniques and sounds from each instrument to build and develop phrases and rhythms; in general, it covers how to make music with these Latin instruments. Section III covers how these instruments are set-up and used in a studio environment which can be very useful for studio musicians. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: Given the rarity of Latin instruments and music in high schools as it is, I would not use this book with high schoolers, but would definitely introduce it to college students and especially professionals. It is a great way to show the many ways to get different sounds from each of these instruments, a concept which I thought I was crazy for believing in since so few books cover it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: Unless I was not looking in the right place, the price tag for this book was very surprising at $75. While it does provide great information, especially for studio musicians, I do not see what in this book could have cost anyone enough money to sell each book at this price, and it makes me wonder if this book was only created to be sold to professional musicians who are willing to pay this price for good information about Latin music. 3/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Charles, David Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Conga,_Bongo,_and_Timbale_Techniques&amp;diff=44305</id>
		<title>Conga, Bongo, and Timbale Techniques</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Conga,_Bongo,_and_Timbale_Techniques&amp;diff=44305"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:33:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[David Charles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1982 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Marimba Productions]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $75.00  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Charles, David Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Conga,_Bongo,_and_Timbale_Techniques&amp;diff=44304</id>
		<title>Conga, Bongo, and Timbale Techniques</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Conga,_Bongo,_and_Timbale_Techniques&amp;diff=44304"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:32:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: Created page with &amp;quot;{{subst:booksTF}}&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[First Last]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 20 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  c. &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[James Wood Edition]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $0.00  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Last, First Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Template:Charles,_David_Books&amp;diff=44303</id>
		<title>Template:Charles, David Books</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Template:Charles,_David_Books&amp;diff=44303"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:32:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: Created page with &amp;quot;Charles, David. Conga, Bongo, and Timbale Techniques. Marimba Productions, 1982.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Charles, David. [[Conga, Bongo, and Timbale Techniques]]. Marimba Productions, 1982.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Contemporary_Percussionist&amp;diff=44302</id>
		<title>The Contemporary Percussionist</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=The_Contemporary_Percussionist&amp;diff=44302"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:31:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Michael Udow]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Chris Watts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1986 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Duration&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Difficulty&#039;&#039;&#039;:  Intermediate to Advanced&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Meredith Music]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;:  $18.95&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Contemporary Percussionist by [[Michael Udow]] and [[Chris Watts]] is a guidebook to help students familiarize themselves with multi-percussion setups/music in general, and Udow&#039;s method of notation (which has been adopted by many composers) in particular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inside you&#039;ll find twenty solos of increasing complexity to help become familiar with playing multi-percussion pieces - which will also help any percussionist deal with the fact that we&#039;re often asked to play a dozen (or more) instruments at a time in any setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Movements==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Instrumentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Player I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Player II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Player III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Player IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Player V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Player VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Player VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Player VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reviews==&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: There is no table of contents present with the order of the book starting with a foreword then acknowledgment, instrument selection, instrument set-up, mallet selection, stick control, then etudes. The back cover of the book lists other publications by the publisher, with no information about the authors to be found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Contents: The instrument selection and instrument set-up sections heavily rely on an organizational system of timbre and decay in relation to the instruments instead of a more traditional classification by playing type (idiophones, membranophones, etc.). Mallet selection and stick control focus more on how the player interacts with these instruments. Each etude contains notes, as well as how the set-up should appear and what instruments and mallets are to be used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: This book could be used to source interesting solos for percussionists, perhaps at the high school level but will most likely see use in a college setting or perhaps for performing percussionists. This book can allow musicians to explore how they approach multiple percussion works and in turn, how to approach the music.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: I feel this book plays an interesting role, in that it is not written specifically for repertoire but as a way for percussionists to see how multiple percussion works are organized and crafted or how many different ways they can be played. These pieces are not meant to develop any techniques for playing these types of pieces but are more meant for the player to see how they can organize different sounds and instruments into a playable set-up. 5/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Errata ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter errata...if there is none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this composition may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Commercial Discography==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available recordings or downloads...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recent Performances==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{performances}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any recent performances, but leave the above template to encourage further submissions. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Composer ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Udow, Michael Works}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Percussion Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Method Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Template:Watts,_Chris_Books&amp;diff=44301</id>
		<title>Template:Watts, Chris Books</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Template:Watts,_Chris_Books&amp;diff=44301"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:31:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: Created page with &amp;quot;Udow, Michael and Watts, Chris. The Contemporary Percussionist. Meredith Music Publications, 1986.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Udow, Michael and Watts, Chris. [[The Contemporary Percussionist]]. Meredith Music Publications, 1986.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Template:Weiner,_Bob_Books&amp;diff=44300</id>
		<title>Template:Weiner, Bob Books</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Template:Weiner,_Bob_Books&amp;diff=44300"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:30:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Fonseca, Duduka Da; Weiner, Bob. [[Brazilian Rhythms for Drumset]]. Manhattan Music, Inc., 1991.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Template:Weiner,_Bob_Books&amp;diff=44299</id>
		<title>Template:Weiner, Bob Books</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Template:Weiner,_Bob_Books&amp;diff=44299"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:30:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: Created page with &amp;quot;Fonseca, Duduka Da; Weiner, Bob. Brazilian Rhythms for Drumset. Manhattan Music, Inc., 1991. 4/5.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Fonseca, Duduka Da; Weiner, Bob. [[Brazilian Rhythms for Drumset]]. Manhattan Music, Inc., 1991. 4/5.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Brazilian_Rhythms_for_Drumset&amp;diff=44298</id>
		<title>Brazilian Rhythms for Drumset</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Brazilian_Rhythms_for_Drumset&amp;diff=44298"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:30:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: /* Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Duduka Da Fonseca]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1991 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Manhattan Music, Inc.]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $34.99  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
Organization: The table of contents is preceded by acknowledgements and an introduction. There are seven sections which are followed by a glossary, discography, and a bibliography, with the sections being: Samba, Bossa Nova, Baião, Maracatu, Marcha and Frevo, Patterns in Odd Meters, and “Live” Music. The back cover of the book has two paragraphs about each author along with quotes about the book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Contents: The introduction is quite extensive, with a background on the history of Brazil and its music. Section One then starts with the introduction of batucada and its instruments, then variations of samba, such as rhythms on drumset, with hi-hat and ride cymbal patterns, and with brushes. Section Two covers bossa nova patterns including the use of brushes with Section Three covering a much broader area of baiao, such as the form on drumset, ride cymbal patterns, with a funk feel, and paradiddle combinations around the drums. Sections Four, Five, Six, and Seven are considerably shorter than the previous sections, covering subjects such as maracatu and marcha and frevo in only five pages total! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Uses: With the amount of literature in this book, I could easily see an instructor using this book for themselves, not only to teach patterns and rhythms out of, but also to further their knowledge and understanding of Brazilian music in general. With the amount of variations of rhythms and exercises in this book, I could only see a college student, if not a graduate student or professional percussionist using this book as a high school student may not be required to have this much knowledge about Brazilian rhythms with their usual repertoire. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Rating: Even without the use of a tape which is hinted at in the book, a student could play rhythms and exercises out of this book with good instruction, and an instructor will have something to learn. The included glossary also as a generous list of terms which may not be present in other percussion dictionary books. There are no pages on drumset technique however, although some techniques are mentioned for other instruments which are mimicked on the drumset. It should be noted that there are no metronome markings on any of the exercises, or a mention of a metronome at all so it may be hard for a student to know at what tempo to play these exercises or at what tempo they are usually played. 4/5. [[User:Hondogracias]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Fonseca, Duduka Da Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Brazilian_Rhythms_for_Drumset&amp;diff=44297</id>
		<title>Brazilian Rhythms for Drumset</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tekpercussion.com//index.php?title=Brazilian_Rhythms_for_Drumset&amp;diff=44297"/>
		<updated>2022-12-17T17:29:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hondogracias: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Duduka Da Fonseca]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- fill in the name of the file (it can be a .jpg or a .gif) as well as the composer&#039;s name in the fields above. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Year&#039;&#039;&#039;: 1991 &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edition&#039;&#039;&#039;:  1st Edition &amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[Manhattan Music, Inc.]]&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cost&#039;&#039;&#039;: Book Cost - $34.99  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; Supplemental Books - $0.00&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the title and duration of individual movements. Make sure the movements are listed by number, and use a line break &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; at the end of each line. If this is a single movement work, please delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters ==&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--for copying and pasting &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter I: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter II: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter III: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter IV: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter V: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VI: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Chapter VIII: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reviews ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Awards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any awards this book may have won. If there are none, then delete the entire category. You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Study Materials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any COMMERCIALLY available books or materials needed to help supplement this resource...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}   You may delete this text once this is done.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Works for Percussion by this Author==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Fonseca, Duduka Da Books}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter the composer&#039;s other works for percussion. You may delete this text once this is done.&lt;br /&gt;
ie:   {{Becerra-Schmidt, Gustavo Works}}   --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}}    You may delete this text once this is done --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Enter any resources...if there are none, enter this: {{none}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, literature, instruments, history, pedagogy, sticks, etc. Also delete the Template category. To see what categories are available, see:  http://www.tekpercussion.com/Special:Categories  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Don&#039;t forget to add categories, such as overtures, symphonies, etc., and also add the grade of the work.  --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hondogracias</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>